1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 ** 620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 621 ** 622 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 623 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 624 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 625 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 626 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 627 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 628 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 629 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 630 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 631 */ 632 struct Pager { 633 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 634 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 635 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 636 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 637 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 638 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 639 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 640 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 641 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 642 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 643 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 644 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 645 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 646 647 /************************************************************************** 648 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 649 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 650 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 651 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 652 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 653 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 654 ** "configuration" of the pager. 655 */ 656 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 657 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 658 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 659 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 660 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 661 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 662 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 663 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 664 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 665 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 666 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 667 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 668 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 669 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 670 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 671 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 672 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 673 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 674 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 675 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 676 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 677 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 678 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 679 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 680 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 681 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 682 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 683 684 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 685 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 686 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 687 /* 688 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 689 ***************************************************************************/ 690 691 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 692 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 693 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 694 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 695 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 696 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 697 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 698 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 699 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 700 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 701 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 702 int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ 703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 704 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 705 #endif 706 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 707 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 709 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 710 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 711 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 712 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 713 #endif 714 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 715 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 717 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 718 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 719 #endif 720 }; 721 722 /* 723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 726 */ 727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 731 732 /* 733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 734 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 735 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 736 */ 737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 741 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 742 #else 743 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 744 #endif 745 746 747 748 /* 749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 750 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 751 ** 752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 753 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 755 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 758 ** journal and ignore it. 759 ** 760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 764 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 768 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 770 */ 771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 772 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 773 }; 774 775 /* 776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 777 ** the following macro. 778 */ 779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 780 781 /* 782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 784 */ 785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 791 ** out code that would never execute. 792 */ 793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 794 # define MEMDB 0 795 #else 796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 797 #endif 798 799 /* 800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 802 */ 803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 805 #else 806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 807 #endif 808 809 /* 810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 811 */ 812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 813 814 /* 815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 817 ** 818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 819 ** 820 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 821 ** 822 ** instead of 823 ** 824 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 825 */ 826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 827 828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ 829 /* 830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file 831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if: 832 ** 833 ** * the database file is open, 834 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and 835 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file. 836 */ 837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 838 if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; 839 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; 840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 841 if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0; 842 #endif 843 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 844 if( pPager->pWal ){ 845 u32 iRead = 0; 846 int rc; 847 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 848 return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0); 849 } 850 #endif 851 return 1; 852 } 853 #endif 854 855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 856 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 857 #else 858 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 859 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 860 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 861 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 862 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 863 #endif 864 865 #ifndef NDEBUG 866 /* 867 ** Usage: 868 ** 869 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 870 ** 871 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 872 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 873 */ 874 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 875 Pager *pPager = p; 876 877 /* State must be valid. */ 878 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 879 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 880 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 881 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 882 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 883 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 884 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 885 ); 886 887 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 888 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 889 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 890 */ 891 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 892 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 893 894 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 895 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 896 */ 897 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 898 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 899 900 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 901 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 902 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 903 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 904 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 905 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 906 ** state. 907 */ 908 if( MEMDB ){ 909 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 910 assert( p->noSync ); 911 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 912 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 913 ); 914 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 915 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 916 } 917 918 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 919 ** on the file. 920 */ 921 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 922 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 923 924 switch( p->eState ){ 925 case PAGER_OPEN: 926 assert( !MEMDB ); 927 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 928 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 929 break; 930 931 case PAGER_READER: 932 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 933 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 934 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 935 break; 936 937 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 938 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 939 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 940 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 941 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 942 } 943 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 944 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 945 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 946 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 947 break; 948 949 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 950 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 951 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 952 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 953 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 954 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 955 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 956 ** to journal_mode=wal. 957 */ 958 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 959 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 962 ); 963 } 964 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 965 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 966 break; 967 968 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 969 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 970 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 971 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 972 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 973 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 974 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 975 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 976 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 977 ); 978 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 979 break; 980 981 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 982 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 983 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 984 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 985 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 986 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 987 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 988 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 989 ); 990 break; 991 992 case PAGER_ERROR: 993 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 994 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 995 ** back to OPEN state. 996 */ 997 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 998 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 999 break; 1000 } 1001 1002 return 1; 1003 } 1004 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 1005 1006 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1007 /* 1008 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 1009 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 1010 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 1011 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 1012 ** 1013 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 1014 ** 1015 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings 1016 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does 1017 ** not appear in normal builds. 1018 */ 1019 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 1020 static char zRet[1024]; 1021 1022 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 1023 "Filename: %s\n" 1024 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 1025 "Lock: %s\n" 1026 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1027 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1028 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1029 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1030 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1031 , p->zFilename 1032 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1033 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1034 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1035 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1036 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1037 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1038 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1039 , (int)p->errCode 1040 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1041 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1042 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1043 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1044 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1045 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1046 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1047 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1048 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1049 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1050 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1051 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1052 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1053 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1054 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1055 ); 1056 1057 return zRet; 1058 } 1059 #endif 1060 1061 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1062 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1063 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1064 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1065 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1066 #endif 1067 1068 /* 1069 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1070 ** content from the pager. 1071 */ 1072 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1073 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1074 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1075 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1076 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1077 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1078 && pPager->xCodec==0 1079 #endif 1080 ){ 1081 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1082 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1083 }else{ 1084 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1085 } 1086 } 1087 1088 /* 1089 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1090 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1091 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1092 ** 1093 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1094 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1095 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1096 */ 1097 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1098 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1099 PagerSavepoint *p; 1100 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1101 int i; 1102 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1103 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1104 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1105 return 1; 1106 } 1107 } 1108 return 0; 1109 } 1110 1111 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1112 /* 1113 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1114 */ 1115 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1116 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1117 } 1118 #endif 1119 1120 /* 1121 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1122 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1123 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1124 ** 1125 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1126 */ 1127 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1128 unsigned char ac[4]; 1129 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1130 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1131 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1132 } 1133 return rc; 1134 } 1135 1136 /* 1137 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1138 */ 1139 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1140 1141 1142 /* 1143 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1144 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1145 */ 1146 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1147 char ac[4]; 1148 put32bits(ac, val); 1149 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1150 } 1151 1152 /* 1153 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1154 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1155 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1156 ** 1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1158 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1159 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1160 */ 1161 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1162 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1163 1164 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1165 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1166 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1167 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1168 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1169 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1170 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1171 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1172 } 1173 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1174 } 1175 return rc; 1176 } 1177 1178 /* 1179 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1180 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1181 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1182 ** 1183 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1184 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1185 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1186 ** of this. 1187 */ 1188 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1189 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1190 1191 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1192 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1193 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1194 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1195 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1196 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1197 } 1198 } 1199 return rc; 1200 } 1201 1202 /* 1203 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1204 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1205 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1206 ** 1207 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1208 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1209 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1210 ** to the page size. 1211 ** 1212 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1213 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1214 ** 1215 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1216 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1217 ** returned in this case. 1218 ** 1219 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1220 */ 1221 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1222 assert( !MEMDB ); 1223 1224 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1225 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1226 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1227 1228 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1229 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1230 #else 1231 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); 1232 #endif 1233 1234 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1235 if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ 1236 return -1; 1237 } 1238 #endif 1239 1240 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1241 { 1242 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1243 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1244 1245 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1246 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1247 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1248 return 0; 1249 } 1250 } 1251 1252 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1253 #endif 1254 1255 return 0; 1256 } 1257 1258 /* 1259 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1260 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1261 ** and debugging only. 1262 */ 1263 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1264 /* 1265 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1266 */ 1267 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1268 u32 hash = 0; 1269 int i; 1270 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1271 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1272 } 1273 return hash; 1274 } 1275 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1276 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1277 } 1278 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1279 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1280 } 1281 1282 /* 1283 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1284 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1285 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1286 */ 1287 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1288 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1289 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1290 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1291 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1292 } 1293 1294 #else 1295 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1296 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1297 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1298 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1299 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1300 1301 /* 1302 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1303 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1304 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1305 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1306 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1307 ** 1308 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1309 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1310 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1311 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1312 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1313 ** were present in the journal. 1314 ** 1315 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1316 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1317 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1318 ** journal file name. 1319 ** 1320 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1321 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1322 ** 1323 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1324 ** error code is returned. 1325 */ 1326 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1327 int rc; /* Return code */ 1328 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1329 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1330 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1331 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1332 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1333 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1334 1335 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1336 || szJ<16 1337 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1338 || len>=nMaster 1339 || len>szJ-16 1340 || len==0 1341 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1342 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1343 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1344 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1345 ){ 1346 return rc; 1347 } 1348 1349 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1350 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1351 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1352 } 1353 if( cksum ){ 1354 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1355 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1356 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1357 ** master-journal filename. 1358 */ 1359 len = 0; 1360 } 1361 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1362 zMaster[len+1] = '\0'; 1363 1364 return SQLITE_OK; 1365 } 1366 1367 /* 1368 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1369 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1370 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1371 ** 1372 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1373 ** 1374 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1375 ** --------------------------------------- 1376 ** 0 0 1377 ** 512 512 1378 ** 100 512 1379 ** 2000 2048 1380 ** 1381 */ 1382 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1383 i64 offset = 0; 1384 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1385 if( c ){ 1386 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1387 } 1388 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1389 assert( offset>=c ); 1390 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1391 return offset; 1392 } 1393 1394 /* 1395 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1396 ** 1397 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1398 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1399 ** 1400 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1401 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1402 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1403 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1404 ** after writing or truncating it. 1405 ** 1406 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1407 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1408 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1409 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1410 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1411 ** 1412 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1413 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1414 */ 1415 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1416 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1417 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1418 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1419 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1420 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1421 1422 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1423 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1424 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1425 }else{ 1426 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1427 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1428 } 1429 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1430 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1431 } 1432 1433 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1434 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1435 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1436 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1437 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1438 */ 1439 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1440 i64 sz; 1441 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1442 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1443 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1444 } 1445 } 1446 } 1447 return rc; 1448 } 1449 1450 /* 1451 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1452 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1453 ** current location. 1454 ** 1455 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1456 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1457 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1458 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1459 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1460 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1461 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1462 ** 1463 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1464 */ 1465 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1466 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1467 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1468 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1469 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1470 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1471 1472 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1473 1474 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1475 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1476 } 1477 1478 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1479 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1480 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1481 */ 1482 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1483 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1484 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1485 } 1486 } 1487 1488 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1489 1490 /* 1491 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1492 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1493 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1494 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1495 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1496 ** 1497 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1498 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1499 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1500 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1501 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1502 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1503 ** 1504 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1505 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1506 ** 1507 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1508 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1509 */ 1510 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1511 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1512 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1513 ){ 1514 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1515 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1516 }else{ 1517 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1518 } 1519 1520 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1521 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1522 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1523 /* The initial database size */ 1524 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1525 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1526 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1527 1528 /* The page size */ 1529 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1530 1531 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1532 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1533 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1534 ** take the performance hit. 1535 */ 1536 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1537 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1538 1539 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1540 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1541 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1542 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1543 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1544 ** 1545 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1546 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1547 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1548 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1549 ** is done. 1550 ** 1551 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1552 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1553 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1554 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1555 */ 1556 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1557 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1558 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1559 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1560 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1561 } 1562 1563 return rc; 1564 } 1565 1566 /* 1567 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1568 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1569 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1570 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1571 ** a description of the journal header format. 1572 ** 1573 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1574 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1575 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1576 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1577 ** in this case. 1578 ** 1579 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1580 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1581 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1582 */ 1583 static int readJournalHdr( 1584 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1585 int isHot, 1586 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1587 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1588 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1589 ){ 1590 int rc; /* Return code */ 1591 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1592 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1593 1594 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1595 1596 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1597 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1598 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1599 */ 1600 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1601 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1602 return SQLITE_DONE; 1603 } 1604 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1605 1606 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1607 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1608 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1609 ** proceed. 1610 */ 1611 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1612 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1613 if( rc ){ 1614 return rc; 1615 } 1616 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1617 return SQLITE_DONE; 1618 } 1619 } 1620 1621 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1622 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1623 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1624 */ 1625 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1626 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1627 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1628 ){ 1629 return rc; 1630 } 1631 1632 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1633 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1634 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1635 1636 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1637 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1638 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1639 ){ 1640 return rc; 1641 } 1642 1643 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1644 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1645 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1646 */ 1647 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1648 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1649 } 1650 1651 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1652 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1653 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1654 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1655 */ 1656 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1657 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1658 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1659 ){ 1660 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1661 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1662 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1663 ** the journal file here. 1664 */ 1665 return SQLITE_DONE; 1666 } 1667 1668 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1669 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1670 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1671 */ 1672 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1673 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1674 1675 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1676 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1677 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1678 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1679 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1680 */ 1681 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1682 } 1683 1684 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1685 return rc; 1686 } 1687 1688 1689 /* 1690 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1691 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1692 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1693 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1694 ** anything is written. The format is: 1695 ** 1696 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1697 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1698 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1699 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1700 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1701 ** 1702 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1703 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1704 ** 1705 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1706 ** this call is a no-op. 1707 */ 1708 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1709 int rc; /* Return code */ 1710 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1711 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1712 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1713 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1714 1715 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1716 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1717 1718 if( !zMaster 1719 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1720 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1721 ){ 1722 return SQLITE_OK; 1723 } 1724 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1725 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1726 1727 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1728 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1729 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1730 } 1731 1732 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1733 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1734 ** the journal has already been synced. 1735 */ 1736 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1737 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1738 } 1739 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1740 1741 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1742 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1743 */ 1744 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1745 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1746 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1747 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1748 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1749 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1750 ){ 1751 return rc; 1752 } 1753 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1754 1755 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1756 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1757 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1758 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1759 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1760 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1761 ** 1762 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1763 ** file to the required size. 1764 */ 1765 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1766 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1767 ){ 1768 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1769 } 1770 return rc; 1771 } 1772 1773 /* 1774 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1775 */ 1776 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1777 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1778 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1779 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1780 } 1781 1782 /* 1783 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1784 */ 1785 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1786 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1787 } 1788 1789 /* 1790 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1791 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1792 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1793 */ 1794 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1795 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1796 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1797 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1798 } 1799 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1800 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1801 } 1802 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1803 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1804 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1805 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1806 } 1807 1808 /* 1809 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1810 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1811 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1812 */ 1813 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1814 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1815 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1816 1817 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1818 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1819 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1820 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1821 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1822 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1823 } 1824 } 1825 return rc; 1826 } 1827 1828 /* 1829 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1830 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1831 ** state. 1832 ** 1833 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1834 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1835 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1836 ** closed (if it is open). 1837 ** 1838 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1839 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1840 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1841 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1842 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1843 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1844 */ 1845 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1846 1847 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1848 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1849 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1850 ); 1851 1852 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1853 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1854 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1855 1856 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1857 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1858 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1859 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1860 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1861 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1862 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1863 1864 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1865 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1866 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1867 ** out from under us. 1868 */ 1869 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1870 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1871 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1872 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1873 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1874 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1875 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1876 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1877 ){ 1878 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1879 } 1880 1881 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1882 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1883 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1884 ** is necessary. 1885 */ 1886 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1887 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1888 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1889 } 1890 1891 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1892 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1893 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1894 */ 1895 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1896 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1897 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1898 } 1899 1900 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1901 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1902 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1903 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1904 */ 1905 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1906 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1907 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1908 pager_reset(pPager); 1909 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1910 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1911 }else{ 1912 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1913 } 1914 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1915 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1916 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1917 } 1918 1919 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1920 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1921 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1922 } 1923 1924 /* 1925 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1926 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1927 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1928 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1929 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1930 ** 1931 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1932 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1933 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1934 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1935 ** 1936 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1937 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1938 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1939 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1940 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1941 ** it were a hot-journal). 1942 */ 1943 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1944 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1945 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1946 assert( 1947 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1948 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1949 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1950 ); 1951 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1952 pPager->errCode = rc; 1953 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1954 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1955 } 1956 return rc; 1957 } 1958 1959 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1960 1961 /* 1962 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1963 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1964 ** 1965 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1966 ** 1967 ** Rules: 1968 ** 1969 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1970 ** for transactions to be durable. 1971 ** 1972 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1973 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1974 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1975 ** cache size. 1976 */ 1977 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1978 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1979 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1980 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1981 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1982 } 1983 1984 /* 1985 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1986 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1987 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1988 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1989 ** database transaction. 1990 ** 1991 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1992 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1993 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1994 ** 1995 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1996 ** 1997 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1998 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1999 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 2000 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 2001 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 2002 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 2003 ** 2004 ** journalMode==MEMORY 2005 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 2006 ** in-memory journal. 2007 ** 2008 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 2009 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 2010 ** 2011 ** journalMode==PERSIST 2012 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 2013 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 2014 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 2015 ** 2016 ** journalMode==DELETE 2017 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2018 ** 2019 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 2020 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 2021 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 2022 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 2023 ** 2024 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 2025 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 2026 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2027 ** 2028 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2029 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2030 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2031 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2032 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2033 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2034 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2035 ** returned. 2036 */ 2037 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 2038 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2039 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2040 2041 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2042 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2043 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2044 ** held under two circumstances: 2045 ** 2046 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2047 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2048 ** 2049 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2050 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2051 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2052 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2053 */ 2054 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2055 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2056 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2057 return SQLITE_OK; 2058 } 2059 2060 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2061 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2062 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2063 ); 2064 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2065 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2066 2067 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2068 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2069 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2070 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2071 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2072 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2073 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2074 }else{ 2075 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2076 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2077 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2078 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2079 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2080 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2081 */ 2082 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2083 } 2084 } 2085 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2086 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2087 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2088 ){ 2089 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2090 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2091 }else{ 2092 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2093 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2094 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2095 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2096 */ 2097 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2098 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2099 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2100 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2101 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2102 ); 2103 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2104 if( bDelete ){ 2105 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2106 } 2107 } 2108 } 2109 2110 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2111 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2112 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2113 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2114 if( p ){ 2115 p->pageHash = 0; 2116 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2117 } 2118 } 2119 #endif 2120 2121 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2122 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2123 pPager->nRec = 0; 2124 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2125 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2126 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2127 }else{ 2128 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2129 } 2130 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2131 } 2132 2133 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2134 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2135 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2136 ** lock held on the database file. 2137 */ 2138 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2139 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2140 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2141 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2142 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2143 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2144 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2145 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2146 ** required size. */ 2147 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2148 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2149 } 2150 2151 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ 2152 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2153 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2154 } 2155 2156 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2157 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2158 ){ 2159 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2160 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2161 } 2162 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2163 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2164 2165 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2166 } 2167 2168 /* 2169 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2170 ** database file. 2171 ** 2172 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2173 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2174 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2175 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2176 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2177 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2178 ** will roll it back. 2179 ** 2180 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2181 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2182 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2183 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2184 */ 2185 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2186 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2187 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2188 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2189 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2190 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2191 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2192 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2193 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2194 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2195 } 2196 } 2197 pager_unlock(pPager); 2198 } 2199 2200 /* 2201 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2202 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2203 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2204 ** 2205 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2206 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2207 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2208 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2209 ** 2210 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2211 ** incompatible journal file format. 2212 ** 2213 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2214 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2215 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2216 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2217 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2218 */ 2219 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2220 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2221 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2222 while( i>0 ){ 2223 cksum += aData[i]; 2224 i -= 200; 2225 } 2226 return cksum; 2227 } 2228 2229 /* 2230 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2231 ** to the codec. 2232 */ 2233 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2234 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2235 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2236 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2237 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2238 } 2239 } 2240 #else 2241 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2242 #endif 2243 2244 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2245 /* 2246 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2247 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2248 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2249 */ 2250 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2251 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2252 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2253 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2254 } 2255 } 2256 #endif 2257 2258 /* 2259 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2260 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2261 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2262 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2263 ** 2264 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2265 ** not. 2266 ** 2267 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2268 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2269 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2270 ** 2271 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2272 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2273 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2274 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2275 ** prior to returning. 2276 ** 2277 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2278 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2279 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2280 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2281 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2282 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2283 ** two circumstances: 2284 ** 2285 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2286 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2287 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2288 ** 2289 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2290 ** 2291 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2292 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2293 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2294 */ 2295 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2296 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2297 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2298 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2299 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2300 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2301 ){ 2302 int rc; 2303 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2304 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2305 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2306 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2307 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2308 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2309 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2310 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2311 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2312 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2313 #endif 2314 2315 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2316 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2317 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2318 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2319 2320 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2321 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2322 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2323 2324 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2325 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2326 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2327 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2328 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2329 */ 2330 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2331 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2332 ); 2333 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2334 2335 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2336 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2337 */ 2338 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2339 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2340 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2341 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2342 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2343 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2344 2345 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2346 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2347 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2348 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2349 */ 2350 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2351 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2352 return SQLITE_DONE; 2353 } 2354 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2355 return SQLITE_OK; 2356 } 2357 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2358 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2359 if( rc ) return rc; 2360 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2361 return SQLITE_DONE; 2362 } 2363 } 2364 2365 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2366 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2367 */ 2368 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2369 return rc; 2370 } 2371 2372 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2373 */ 2374 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2375 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2376 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2377 } 2378 2379 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2380 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2381 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2382 ** 2383 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2384 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2385 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2386 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2387 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2388 ** assert()able. 2389 ** 2390 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2391 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2392 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2393 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2394 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2395 ** 2396 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2397 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2398 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2399 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2400 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2401 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2402 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2403 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2404 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2405 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2406 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2407 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2408 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2409 ** 2410 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2411 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2412 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2413 */ 2414 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2415 pPg = 0; 2416 }else{ 2417 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2418 } 2419 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2420 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2421 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2422 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2423 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2424 )); 2425 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2426 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2427 }else{ 2428 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2429 } 2430 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2431 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2432 && isSynced 2433 ){ 2434 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2435 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2436 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2437 2438 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2439 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2440 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2441 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2442 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2443 ** file. */ 2444 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2445 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2446 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2447 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2448 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2449 }else 2450 #endif 2451 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2452 2453 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2454 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2455 } 2456 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2457 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2458 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2459 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2460 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2461 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2462 }else 2463 #endif 2464 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2465 } 2466 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2467 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2468 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2469 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2470 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2471 ** current. 2472 ** 2473 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2474 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2475 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2476 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2477 ** 2478 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2479 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2480 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2481 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2482 */ 2483 assert( isSavepnt ); 2484 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2485 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2486 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2487 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2488 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2489 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2490 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2491 } 2492 if( pPg ){ 2493 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2494 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2495 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2496 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2497 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2498 */ 2499 void *pData; 2500 pData = pPg->pData; 2501 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2502 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2503 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2504 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2505 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2506 ** has been removed. */ 2507 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2508 2509 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2510 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2511 if( pgno==1 ){ 2512 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2513 } 2514 2515 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2516 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2517 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2518 #endif 2519 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2520 } 2521 return rc; 2522 } 2523 2524 /* 2525 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2526 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2527 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2528 ** and does so if it is. 2529 ** 2530 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2531 ** available for use within this function. 2532 ** 2533 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2534 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2535 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2536 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2537 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2538 ** 2539 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2540 ** 2541 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2542 ** journals have been rolled back. 2543 ** 2544 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2545 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2546 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2547 ** 2548 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2549 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2550 ** file zMaster 2551 ** 2552 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2553 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2554 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2555 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2556 ** 2557 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2558 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2559 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2560 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2561 ** 2562 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2563 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2564 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2565 ** size. 2566 */ 2567 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2568 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2569 int rc; /* Return code */ 2570 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2571 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2572 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2573 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2574 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2575 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2576 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2577 2578 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2579 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2580 */ 2581 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2582 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2583 if( !pMaster ){ 2584 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2585 }else{ 2586 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2587 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2588 } 2589 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2590 2591 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2592 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2593 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2594 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2595 */ 2596 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2597 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2598 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2599 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2); 2600 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2601 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2602 goto delmaster_out; 2603 } 2604 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2]; 2605 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2606 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2607 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2608 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0; 2609 2610 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2611 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2612 int exists; 2613 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2614 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2615 goto delmaster_out; 2616 } 2617 if( exists ){ 2618 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2619 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2620 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2621 */ 2622 int c; 2623 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2624 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2625 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2626 goto delmaster_out; 2627 } 2628 2629 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2630 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2631 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2632 goto delmaster_out; 2633 } 2634 2635 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2636 if( c ){ 2637 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2638 goto delmaster_out; 2639 } 2640 } 2641 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2642 } 2643 2644 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2645 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2646 2647 delmaster_out: 2648 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2649 if( pMaster ){ 2650 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2651 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2652 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2653 } 2654 return rc; 2655 } 2656 2657 2658 /* 2659 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2660 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2661 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2662 ** 2663 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2664 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2665 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2666 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2667 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2668 ** 2669 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2670 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2671 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2672 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2673 ** the end of the new file instead. 2674 ** 2675 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2676 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2677 */ 2678 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2679 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2680 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2681 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2682 2683 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2684 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2685 ){ 2686 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2687 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2688 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2689 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2690 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2691 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2692 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2693 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2694 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2695 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2696 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2697 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2698 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2699 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2700 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2701 } 2702 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2703 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2704 } 2705 } 2706 } 2707 return rc; 2708 } 2709 2710 /* 2711 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2712 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2713 */ 2714 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2715 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2716 if( iRet<32 ){ 2717 iRet = 512; 2718 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2719 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2720 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2721 } 2722 return iRet; 2723 } 2724 2725 /* 2726 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2727 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2728 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2729 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2730 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2731 ** 2732 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2733 ** 2734 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2735 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2736 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2737 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2738 ** 2739 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2740 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2741 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2742 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2743 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2744 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2745 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2746 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2747 */ 2748 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2749 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2750 2751 if( pPager->tempFile 2752 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2753 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2754 ){ 2755 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2756 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2757 ** call will segfault. */ 2758 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2759 }else{ 2760 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2761 } 2762 } 2763 2764 /* 2765 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2766 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2767 ** 2768 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2769 ** 2770 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2771 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2772 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2773 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2774 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2775 ** sanity checksum. 2776 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2777 ** database to during a rollback. 2778 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2779 ** is this many bytes in size. 2780 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2781 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2782 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2783 ** + 4 byte page number. 2784 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2785 ** + 4 byte checksum 2786 ** 2787 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2788 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2789 ** 2790 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2791 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2792 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2793 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2794 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2795 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2796 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2797 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2798 ** 2799 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2800 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2801 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2802 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2803 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2804 ** 2805 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2806 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2807 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2808 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2809 ** been encountered. 2810 ** 2811 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2812 ** and an error code is returned. 2813 ** 2814 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2815 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2816 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2817 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2818 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2819 ** needed. 2820 */ 2821 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2822 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2823 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2824 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2825 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2826 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2827 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2828 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2829 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2830 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2831 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2832 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2833 2834 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2835 ** the journal is empty. 2836 */ 2837 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2838 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2839 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2840 goto end_playback; 2841 } 2842 2843 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2844 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2845 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2846 ** played back. 2847 ** 2848 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2849 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2850 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2851 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2852 ** for pageSize. 2853 */ 2854 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2855 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2856 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2857 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2858 } 2859 zMaster = 0; 2860 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2861 goto end_playback; 2862 } 2863 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2864 needPagerReset = isHot; 2865 2866 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2867 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2868 ** occurs. 2869 */ 2870 while( 1 ){ 2871 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2872 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2873 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2874 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2875 */ 2876 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2877 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2878 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2879 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2880 } 2881 goto end_playback; 2882 } 2883 2884 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2885 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2886 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2887 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2888 */ 2889 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2890 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2891 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2892 } 2893 2894 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2895 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2896 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2897 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2898 ** size of the file. 2899 ** 2900 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2901 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2902 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2903 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2904 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2905 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2906 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2907 */ 2908 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2909 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2910 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2911 } 2912 2913 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2914 ** database file back to its original size. 2915 */ 2916 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2917 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2918 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2919 goto end_playback; 2920 } 2921 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2922 } 2923 2924 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2925 ** database file and/or page cache. 2926 */ 2927 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2928 if( needPagerReset ){ 2929 pager_reset(pPager); 2930 needPagerReset = 0; 2931 } 2932 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2933 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2934 nPlayback++; 2935 }else{ 2936 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2937 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2938 break; 2939 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2940 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2941 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2942 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2943 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2944 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2945 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2946 goto end_playback; 2947 }else{ 2948 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2949 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2950 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2951 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2952 */ 2953 goto end_playback; 2954 } 2955 } 2956 } 2957 } 2958 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2959 assert( 0 ); 2960 2961 end_playback: 2962 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2963 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2964 } 2965 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2966 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2967 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2968 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2969 */ 2970 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2971 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2972 #endif 2973 2974 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2975 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2976 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2977 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2978 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2979 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2980 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2981 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2982 */ 2983 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2984 2985 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2986 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2987 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2988 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2989 } 2990 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2991 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2992 ){ 2993 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2994 } 2995 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2996 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2997 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2998 } 2999 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 3000 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 3001 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 3002 */ 3003 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 3004 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 3005 } 3006 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 3007 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 3008 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 3009 } 3010 3011 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 3012 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 3013 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 3014 */ 3015 setSectorSize(pPager); 3016 return rc; 3017 } 3018 3019 3020 /* 3021 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 3022 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 3023 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 3024 ** file before this function is called. 3025 ** 3026 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 3027 ** the value read from the database file. 3028 ** 3029 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 3030 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3031 */ 3032 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3033 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 3034 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3035 3036 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3037 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 3038 3039 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 3040 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3041 3042 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3043 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3044 if( rc ) return rc; 3045 } 3046 if( iFrame ){ 3047 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 3048 }else 3049 #endif 3050 { 3051 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 3052 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 3053 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3054 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3055 } 3056 } 3057 3058 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 3059 if( rc ){ 3060 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3061 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3062 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3063 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3064 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3065 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3066 ** 3067 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3068 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3069 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3070 ** we should still be ok. 3071 */ 3072 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3073 }else{ 3074 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3075 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3076 } 3077 } 3078 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3079 3080 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3081 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3082 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3083 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3084 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3085 3086 return rc; 3087 } 3088 3089 /* 3090 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3091 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3092 ** 3093 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3094 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3095 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3096 */ 3097 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3098 u32 change_counter; 3099 3100 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3101 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3102 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3103 3104 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3105 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3106 ** is valid. */ 3107 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3108 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3109 } 3110 3111 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3112 /* 3113 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3114 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3115 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3116 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3117 ** 3118 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3119 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3120 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3121 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3122 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3123 */ 3124 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3125 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3126 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3127 PgHdr *pPg; 3128 3129 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3130 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3131 if( pPg ){ 3132 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3133 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3134 }else{ 3135 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3136 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3137 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3138 } 3139 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3140 } 3141 } 3142 3143 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3144 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3145 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3146 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3147 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3148 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3149 ** the backups must be restarted. 3150 */ 3151 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3152 3153 return rc; 3154 } 3155 3156 /* 3157 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3158 */ 3159 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3160 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3161 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3162 3163 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3164 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3165 ** following: 3166 ** 3167 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3168 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3169 */ 3170 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3171 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3172 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3173 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3174 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3175 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3176 pList = pNext; 3177 } 3178 3179 return rc; 3180 } 3181 3182 /* 3183 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3184 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3185 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3186 ** changed. 3187 ** 3188 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3189 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3190 */ 3191 static int pagerWalFrames( 3192 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3193 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3194 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3195 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3196 ){ 3197 int rc; /* Return code */ 3198 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3199 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3200 3201 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3202 assert( pList ); 3203 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3204 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3205 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3206 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3207 } 3208 #endif 3209 3210 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3211 if( isCommit ){ 3212 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3213 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3214 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3215 ** list here. */ 3216 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3217 nList = 0; 3218 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3219 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3220 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3221 nList++; 3222 } 3223 } 3224 assert( pList ); 3225 }else{ 3226 nList = 1; 3227 } 3228 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3229 3230 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3231 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3232 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3233 ); 3234 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3235 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3236 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3237 } 3238 } 3239 3240 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3241 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3242 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3243 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3244 } 3245 #endif 3246 3247 return rc; 3248 } 3249 3250 /* 3251 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3252 ** 3253 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3254 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3255 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3256 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3257 */ 3258 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3259 int rc; /* Return code */ 3260 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3261 3262 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3263 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3264 3265 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3266 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3267 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3268 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3269 */ 3270 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3271 3272 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3273 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3274 pager_reset(pPager); 3275 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3276 } 3277 3278 return rc; 3279 } 3280 #endif 3281 3282 /* 3283 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3284 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3285 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3286 ** 3287 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3288 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3289 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3290 */ 3291 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3292 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3293 3294 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3295 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3296 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3297 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3298 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3299 */ 3300 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3301 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3302 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3303 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3304 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3305 3306 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3307 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3308 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3309 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3310 */ 3311 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3312 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3313 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3314 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3315 return rc; 3316 } 3317 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3318 } 3319 3320 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3321 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3322 ** that the file can be read. 3323 */ 3324 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3325 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3326 } 3327 3328 *pnPage = nPage; 3329 return SQLITE_OK; 3330 } 3331 3332 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3333 /* 3334 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3335 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3336 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3337 ** 3338 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3339 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3340 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3341 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3342 ** 3343 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3344 ** 3345 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3346 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3347 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3348 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3349 ** other connection. 3350 */ 3351 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3352 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3353 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3354 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3355 3356 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3357 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3358 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3359 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3360 ); 3361 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3362 if( isWal ){ 3363 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3364 3365 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3366 if( rc ) return rc; 3367 if( nPage==0 ){ 3368 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3369 }else{ 3370 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3371 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3372 } 3373 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3374 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3375 } 3376 } 3377 } 3378 return rc; 3379 } 3380 #endif 3381 3382 /* 3383 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3384 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3385 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3386 ** savepoint. 3387 ** 3388 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3389 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3390 ** performed in the order specified: 3391 ** 3392 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3393 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3394 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3395 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3396 ** 3397 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3398 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3399 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3400 ** 3401 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3402 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3403 ** the journal file. 3404 ** 3405 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3406 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3407 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3408 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3409 ** 3410 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3411 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3412 ** 3413 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3414 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3415 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3416 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3417 */ 3418 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3419 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3420 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3421 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3422 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3423 3424 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3425 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3426 3427 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3428 if( pSavepoint ){ 3429 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3430 if( !pDone ){ 3431 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3432 } 3433 } 3434 3435 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3436 ** being reverted was opened. 3437 */ 3438 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3439 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3440 3441 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3442 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3443 } 3444 3445 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3446 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3447 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3448 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3449 */ 3450 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3451 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3452 3453 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3454 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3455 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3456 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3457 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3458 ** are played back. 3459 */ 3460 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3461 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3462 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3463 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3464 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3465 } 3466 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3467 }else{ 3468 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3469 } 3470 3471 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3472 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3473 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3474 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3475 */ 3476 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3477 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3478 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3479 u32 dummy; 3480 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3481 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3482 3483 /* 3484 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3485 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3486 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3487 */ 3488 if( nJRec==0 3489 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3490 ){ 3491 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3492 } 3493 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3494 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3495 } 3496 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3497 } 3498 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3499 3500 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3501 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3502 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3503 */ 3504 if( pSavepoint ){ 3505 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3506 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3507 3508 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3509 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3510 } 3511 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3512 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3513 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3514 } 3515 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3516 } 3517 3518 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3519 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3520 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3521 } 3522 3523 return rc; 3524 } 3525 3526 /* 3527 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3528 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3529 */ 3530 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3531 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3532 } 3533 3534 /* 3535 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3536 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3537 */ 3538 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3539 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3540 } 3541 3542 /* 3543 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3544 */ 3545 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3546 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3547 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3548 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3549 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3550 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3551 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3552 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3553 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3554 } 3555 #endif 3556 } 3557 3558 /* 3559 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3560 */ 3561 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3562 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3563 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3564 } 3565 3566 /* 3567 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3568 */ 3569 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3570 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3571 } 3572 3573 /* 3574 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3575 ** 3576 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3577 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3578 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3579 ** There are four levels: 3580 ** 3581 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3582 ** for temporary and transient files. 3583 ** 3584 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3585 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3586 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3587 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3588 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3589 ** when it is rolled back. 3590 ** 3591 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3592 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3593 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3594 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3595 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3596 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3597 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3598 ** 3599 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3600 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3601 ** journal is unlinked. 3602 ** 3603 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3604 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3605 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3606 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3607 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3608 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3609 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3610 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3611 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3612 ** 3613 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3614 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3615 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3616 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3617 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3618 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3619 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3620 ** 3621 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3622 ** and FULL=3. 3623 */ 3624 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3625 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3626 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3627 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3628 ){ 3629 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3630 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3631 pPager->noSync = 1; 3632 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3633 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3634 }else{ 3635 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3636 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3637 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3638 } 3639 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3640 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3641 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3642 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3643 }else{ 3644 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3645 } 3646 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3647 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3648 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3649 } 3650 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3651 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3652 } 3653 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3654 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3655 }else{ 3656 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3657 } 3658 } 3659 #endif 3660 3661 /* 3662 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3663 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3664 ** testing and analysis only. 3665 */ 3666 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3667 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3668 #endif 3669 3670 /* 3671 ** Open a temporary file. 3672 ** 3673 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3674 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3675 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3676 ** 3677 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3678 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3679 ** 3680 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3681 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3682 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3683 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3684 */ 3685 static int pagerOpentemp( 3686 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3687 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3688 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3689 ){ 3690 int rc; /* Return code */ 3691 3692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3693 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3694 #endif 3695 3696 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3697 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3698 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3699 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3700 return rc; 3701 } 3702 3703 /* 3704 ** Set the busy handler function. 3705 ** 3706 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3707 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3708 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3709 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3710 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3711 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3712 ** 3713 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3714 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3715 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3716 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3717 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3718 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3719 ** 3720 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3721 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3722 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3723 */ 3724 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( 3725 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3726 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3727 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3728 ){ 3729 void **ap; 3730 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3731 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3732 ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3733 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3734 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3735 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3736 } 3737 3738 /* 3739 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3740 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3741 ** 3742 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3743 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3744 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3745 ** 3746 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3747 ** 3748 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3749 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3750 ** 3751 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3752 ** 3753 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3754 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3755 ** 3756 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3757 ** 3758 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3759 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3760 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3761 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3762 ** 3763 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3764 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3765 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3766 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3767 */ 3768 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3769 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3770 3771 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3772 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3773 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3774 ** 3775 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3776 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3777 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3778 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3779 */ 3780 3781 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3782 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3783 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3784 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3785 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3786 ){ 3787 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3788 i64 nByte = 0; 3789 3790 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3791 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3792 } 3793 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3794 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree 3795 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */ 3796 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8); 3797 if( !pNew ){ 3798 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3799 }else{ 3800 memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8); 3801 } 3802 } 3803 3804 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3805 pager_reset(pPager); 3806 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3807 } 3808 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3809 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3810 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3811 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3812 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3813 }else{ 3814 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3815 } 3816 } 3817 3818 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3819 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3820 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3821 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3822 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3823 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3824 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3825 } 3826 return rc; 3827 } 3828 3829 /* 3830 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3831 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3832 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3833 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3834 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3835 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3836 */ 3837 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3838 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3839 } 3840 3841 /* 3842 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3843 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3844 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3845 ** 3846 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3847 */ 3848 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3849 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3850 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3851 } 3852 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3853 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */ 3854 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not 3855 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this 3856 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */ 3857 return pPager->mxPgno; 3858 } 3859 3860 /* 3861 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3862 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3863 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3864 ** 3865 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3866 ** and generate no code. 3867 */ 3868 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3869 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3870 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3871 static int saved_cnt; 3872 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3873 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3874 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3875 } 3876 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3877 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3878 } 3879 #else 3880 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3881 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3882 #endif 3883 3884 /* 3885 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3886 ** that pDest points to. 3887 ** 3888 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3889 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3890 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3891 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3892 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3893 ** 3894 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3895 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3896 ** output buffer undefined. 3897 */ 3898 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3899 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3900 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3901 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3902 3903 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3904 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3905 ** to WAL mode yet. 3906 */ 3907 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3908 3909 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3910 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3911 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3912 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3913 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3914 } 3915 } 3916 return rc; 3917 } 3918 3919 /* 3920 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3921 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3922 ** 3923 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3924 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3925 */ 3926 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3927 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3928 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3929 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3930 } 3931 3932 3933 /* 3934 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3935 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3936 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3937 ** 3938 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3939 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3940 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3941 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3942 ** 3943 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3944 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3945 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3946 */ 3947 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3948 int rc; /* Return code */ 3949 3950 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3951 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3952 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3953 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3954 */ 3955 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3956 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3957 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3958 ); 3959 3960 do { 3961 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3962 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3963 return rc; 3964 } 3965 3966 /* 3967 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3968 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3969 ** 3970 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3971 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3972 ** 3973 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3974 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3975 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3976 ** 3977 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3978 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3979 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3980 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3981 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3982 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3983 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3984 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3985 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3986 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3987 */ 3988 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3989 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3990 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3991 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3992 } 3993 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3994 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3995 } 3996 #else 3997 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3998 #endif 3999 4000 /* 4001 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 4002 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 4003 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 4004 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 4005 ** 4006 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 4007 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 4008 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 4009 ** then continue writing to the database. 4010 */ 4011 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 4012 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 4013 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 4014 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 4015 4016 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 4017 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 4018 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 4019 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 4020 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 4021 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 4022 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 4023 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 4024 ** is no longer correct. */ 4025 } 4026 4027 4028 /* 4029 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 4030 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 4031 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 4032 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 4033 ** 4034 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 4035 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 4036 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 4037 ** content as this process. 4038 ** 4039 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 4040 ** an SQLite error code. 4041 */ 4042 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4043 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4044 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4045 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 4046 } 4047 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4048 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 4049 } 4050 return rc; 4051 } 4052 4053 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 4054 /* 4055 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4056 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4057 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4058 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4059 ** *ppPage to zero. 4060 ** 4061 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4062 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4063 */ 4064 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4065 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4066 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4067 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4068 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4069 ){ 4070 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4071 4072 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4073 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4074 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4075 p->pDirty = 0; 4076 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4077 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4078 }else{ 4079 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4080 if( p==0 ){ 4081 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4082 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4083 } 4084 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4085 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4086 p->nRef = 1; 4087 p->pPager = pPager; 4088 } 4089 4090 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4091 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4092 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4093 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4094 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4095 4096 p->pgno = pgno; 4097 p->pData = pData; 4098 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4099 4100 return SQLITE_OK; 4101 } 4102 #endif 4103 4104 /* 4105 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4106 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4107 */ 4108 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4109 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4110 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4111 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4112 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4113 4114 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4115 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4116 } 4117 4118 /* 4119 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4120 */ 4121 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4122 PgHdr *p; 4123 PgHdr *pNext; 4124 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4125 pNext = p->pDirty; 4126 sqlite3_free(p); 4127 } 4128 } 4129 4130 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4131 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought 4132 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4133 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4134 */ 4135 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4136 int bHasMoved = 0; 4137 int rc; 4138 4139 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4140 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4141 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4142 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4143 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4144 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4145 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4146 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4147 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4148 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4149 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4150 } 4151 return rc; 4152 } 4153 4154 4155 /* 4156 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4157 ** 4158 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4159 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4160 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4161 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4162 ** result in a coredump. 4163 ** 4164 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4165 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4166 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4167 ** to the caller. 4168 */ 4169 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4170 u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4171 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4172 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4173 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4174 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4175 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4176 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4177 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4178 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4179 { 4180 u8 *a = 0; 4181 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4182 if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) 4183 && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) 4184 ){ 4185 a = pTmp; 4186 } 4187 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); 4188 pPager->pWal = 0; 4189 } 4190 #endif 4191 pager_reset(pPager); 4192 if( MEMDB ){ 4193 pager_unlock(pPager); 4194 }else{ 4195 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4196 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4197 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4198 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4199 ** 4200 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4201 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4202 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4203 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4204 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4205 */ 4206 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4207 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4208 } 4209 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4210 } 4211 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4212 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4213 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4214 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4215 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4216 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4217 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4218 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4219 4220 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4221 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4222 #endif 4223 4224 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4225 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4226 4227 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4228 return SQLITE_OK; 4229 } 4230 4231 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4232 /* 4233 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4234 */ 4235 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4236 return pPg->pgno; 4237 } 4238 #endif 4239 4240 /* 4241 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4242 */ 4243 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4244 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4245 } 4246 4247 /* 4248 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4249 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4250 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4251 ** 4252 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4253 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4254 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4255 ** 4256 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4257 ** be taken. 4258 ** 4259 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4260 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4261 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4262 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4263 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4264 ** 4265 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4266 ** journal file is synced. 4267 ** 4268 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4269 ** 4270 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4271 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4272 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4273 ** <update nRec field> 4274 ** } 4275 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4276 ** } 4277 ** 4278 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4279 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4280 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4281 */ 4282 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4283 int rc; /* Return code */ 4284 4285 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4286 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4287 ); 4288 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4289 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4290 4291 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4293 4294 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4295 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4296 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4297 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4298 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4299 4300 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4301 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4302 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4303 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4304 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4305 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4306 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4307 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4308 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4309 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4310 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4311 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4312 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4313 ** 4314 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4315 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4316 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4317 ** 4318 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4319 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4320 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4321 ** the potential journal header. 4322 */ 4323 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4324 u8 aMagic[8]; 4325 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4326 4327 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4328 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4329 4330 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4331 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4332 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4333 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4334 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4335 } 4336 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4337 return rc; 4338 } 4339 4340 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4341 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4342 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4343 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4344 ** 4345 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4346 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4347 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4348 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4349 ** and never needs to be updated. 4350 */ 4351 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4352 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4353 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4354 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4355 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4356 } 4357 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4358 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4359 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4360 ); 4361 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4362 } 4363 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4364 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4365 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4366 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4367 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4368 ); 4369 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4370 } 4371 4372 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4373 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4374 pPager->nRec = 0; 4375 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4376 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4377 } 4378 }else{ 4379 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4380 } 4381 } 4382 4383 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4384 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4385 ** all pages. 4386 */ 4387 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4388 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4389 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4390 return SQLITE_OK; 4391 } 4392 4393 /* 4394 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4395 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4396 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4397 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4398 ** a no-op. 4399 ** 4400 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4401 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4402 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4403 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4404 ** 4405 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4406 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4407 ** written out. 4408 ** 4409 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4410 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4411 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4412 ** 4413 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4414 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4415 ** 4416 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4417 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4418 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4419 ** the database file. 4420 ** 4421 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4422 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4423 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4424 */ 4425 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4426 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4427 4428 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4429 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4430 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4431 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4432 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4433 4434 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4435 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4436 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4437 */ 4438 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4439 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4440 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4441 } 4442 4443 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4444 ** file size will be. 4445 */ 4446 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4447 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4448 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4449 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4450 ){ 4451 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4452 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4453 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4454 } 4455 4456 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4457 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4458 4459 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4460 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4461 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4462 ** any such pages to the file. 4463 ** 4464 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4465 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4466 */ 4467 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4468 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4469 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4470 4471 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4472 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4473 4474 /* Encode the database */ 4475 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4476 4477 /* Write out the page data. */ 4478 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4479 4480 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4481 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4482 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4483 */ 4484 if( pgno==1 ){ 4485 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4486 } 4487 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4488 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4489 } 4490 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4491 4492 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4493 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4494 4495 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4496 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4497 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4498 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4499 }else{ 4500 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4501 } 4502 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4503 pList = pList->pDirty; 4504 } 4505 4506 return rc; 4507 } 4508 4509 /* 4510 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4511 ** function is a no-op. 4512 ** 4513 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4514 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4515 ** fails. 4516 */ 4517 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4518 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4519 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4520 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4521 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4522 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4523 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4524 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4525 nStmtSpill = -1; 4526 } 4527 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4528 } 4529 return rc; 4530 } 4531 4532 /* 4533 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4534 ** 4535 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4536 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4537 ** 4538 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4539 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4540 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4541 ** bitvec. 4542 */ 4543 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4544 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4545 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4546 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4547 4548 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4549 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4550 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4551 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4552 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4553 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4554 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4555 ); 4556 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4557 4558 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4559 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4560 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4561 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4562 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4563 char *pData2; 4564 4565 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4566 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4567 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4568 }else 4569 #endif 4570 pData2 = pData; 4571 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4572 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4573 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4574 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4575 } 4576 } 4577 } 4578 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4579 pPager->nSubRec++; 4580 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4581 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4582 } 4583 return rc; 4584 } 4585 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4586 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4587 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4588 }else{ 4589 return SQLITE_OK; 4590 } 4591 } 4592 4593 /* 4594 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4595 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4596 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4597 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4598 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4599 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4600 ** argument. 4601 ** 4602 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4603 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4604 ** journal file. 4605 ** 4606 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4607 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4608 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4609 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4610 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4611 */ 4612 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4613 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4614 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4615 4616 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4617 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4618 4619 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4620 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4621 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4622 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4623 ** 4624 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4625 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4626 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4627 ** 4628 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4629 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4630 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4631 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4632 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4633 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4634 */ 4635 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4636 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4637 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4638 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4639 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4640 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4641 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4642 ){ 4643 return SQLITE_OK; 4644 } 4645 4646 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; 4647 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4648 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4649 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4650 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4651 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4652 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4653 } 4654 }else{ 4655 4656 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4657 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4658 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4659 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4660 } 4661 #endif 4662 4663 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4664 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4665 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4666 ){ 4667 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4668 } 4669 4670 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4671 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4672 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4673 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4674 } 4675 } 4676 4677 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4679 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4680 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4681 } 4682 4683 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4684 } 4685 4686 /* 4687 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4688 */ 4689 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4690 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4691 if( !MEMDB ){ 4692 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4693 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4694 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4695 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4696 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4697 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4698 } 4699 pList = pNext; 4700 } 4701 } 4702 4703 return rc; 4704 } 4705 4706 /* 4707 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4708 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4709 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4710 ** 4711 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4712 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4713 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4714 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4715 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4716 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4717 ** 4718 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4719 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4720 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4721 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4722 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4723 ** 4724 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4725 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4726 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4727 ** 4728 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4729 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4730 ** 4731 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4732 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4733 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4734 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4735 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4736 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4737 */ 4738 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4739 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4740 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4741 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4742 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4743 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4744 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4745 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4746 ){ 4747 u8 *pPtr; 4748 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4749 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4750 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4751 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4752 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE 4753 int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ 4754 #else 4755 # define memJM 0 4756 #endif 4757 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4758 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4759 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4760 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4761 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4762 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4763 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4764 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4765 int nUriByte = 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4766 int nUri = 0; /* Number of URI parameters */ 4767 4768 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4769 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4770 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4771 4772 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4773 *ppPager = 0; 4774 4775 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4776 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4777 memDb = 1; 4778 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4779 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4780 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4781 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4782 zFilename = 0; 4783 } 4784 } 4785 #endif 4786 4787 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4788 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4789 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4790 */ 4791 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4792 const char *z; 4793 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4794 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4795 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4796 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4797 } 4798 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4799 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4800 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4801 if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){ 4802 if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){ 4803 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK; 4804 }else{ 4805 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4806 } 4807 } 4808 } 4809 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4810 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4811 while( *z ){ 4812 z += strlen(z)+1; 4813 z += strlen(z)+1; 4814 nUri++; 4815 } 4816 nUriByte = (int)(&z[2] - zUri); 4817 assert( nUriByte>=1 ); 4818 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4819 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4820 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4821 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4822 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4823 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4824 */ 4825 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4826 } 4827 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4828 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4829 return rc; 4830 } 4831 } 4832 4833 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4834 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4835 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4836 ** 4837 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4838 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4839 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4840 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4841 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4842 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4843 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4844 */ 4845 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4846 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4847 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4848 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4849 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4850 nPathname + 1 + nUriByte + /* zFilename */ 4851 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4852 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4853 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4854 #endif 4855 ); 4856 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4857 if( !pPtr ){ 4858 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4859 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4860 } 4861 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4862 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4863 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4864 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4865 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4866 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4867 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4868 4869 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4870 if( zPathname ){ 4871 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4872 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4873 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUriByte); 4874 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUriByte); 4875 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4876 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8); 4877 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4878 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4879 pPager->zWal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 8 + 2); 4880 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4881 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4); 4882 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4883 assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zWal)==0 ); 4884 #endif 4885 assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zFilename)==nUri ); 4886 assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zJournal)==0 ); 4887 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4888 } 4889 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4890 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4891 4892 /* Open the pager file. 4893 */ 4894 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4895 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4896 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4897 assert( !memDb ); 4898 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE 4899 memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; 4900 #endif 4901 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; 4902 4903 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4904 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4905 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4906 ** 4907 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4908 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4909 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4910 */ 4911 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4912 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4913 if( !readOnly ){ 4914 setSectorSize(pPager); 4915 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4916 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4917 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4918 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4919 }else{ 4920 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4921 } 4922 } 4923 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4924 { 4925 int ii; 4926 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4927 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4928 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4929 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4930 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4931 szPageDflt = ii; 4932 } 4933 } 4934 } 4935 #endif 4936 } 4937 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4938 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4939 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4940 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4941 goto act_like_temp_file; 4942 } 4943 } 4944 }else{ 4945 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4946 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4947 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4948 ** 4949 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4950 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4951 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4952 ** 4953 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4954 */ 4955 act_like_temp_file: 4956 tempFile = 1; 4957 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4958 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4959 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4960 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4961 } 4962 4963 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4964 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4965 */ 4966 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4967 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4968 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4969 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4970 } 4971 4972 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4974 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4975 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4976 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4977 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4978 } 4979 4980 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4981 */ 4982 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4983 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4984 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4985 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4986 return rc; 4987 } 4988 4989 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4990 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4991 4992 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4993 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4994 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4995 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4996 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4997 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4998 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4999 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 5000 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 5001 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 5002 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 5003 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 5004 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 5005 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 5006 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 5007 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 5008 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 5009 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 5010 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 5011 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 5012 if( pPager->noSync ){ 5013 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 5014 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 5015 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 5016 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 5017 }else{ 5018 pPager->fullSync = 1; 5019 pPager->extraSync = 0; 5020 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 5021 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 5022 } 5023 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 5024 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 5025 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 5026 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 5027 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 5028 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 5029 setSectorSize(pPager); 5030 if( !useJournal ){ 5031 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 5032 }else if( memDb || memJM ){ 5033 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 5034 } 5035 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 5036 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 5037 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 5038 setGetterMethod(pPager); 5039 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 5040 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 5041 5042 *ppPager = pPager; 5043 return SQLITE_OK; 5044 } 5045 5046 5047 5048 /* 5049 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 5050 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 5051 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 5052 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 5053 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 5054 ** 5055 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 5056 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 5057 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 5058 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5059 ** 5060 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5061 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5062 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5063 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5064 ** is returned. 5065 ** 5066 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 5067 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 5068 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5069 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5070 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5071 ** will not roll it back. 5072 ** 5073 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5074 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5075 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5076 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5077 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5078 */ 5079 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5080 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5081 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5082 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5083 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5084 5085 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5086 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5087 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5088 5089 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5090 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5091 )); 5092 5093 *pExists = 0; 5094 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5095 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5096 } 5097 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5098 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5099 5100 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5101 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5102 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5103 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5104 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5105 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5106 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5107 */ 5108 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5109 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5110 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5111 5112 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5113 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5114 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5115 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5116 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5117 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5118 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5119 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5120 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5121 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5122 */ 5123 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5124 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5125 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5126 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5127 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5128 } 5129 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5130 }else{ 5131 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5132 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5133 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5134 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5135 ** it can be ignored. 5136 */ 5137 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5138 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5139 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5140 } 5141 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5142 u8 first = 0; 5143 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5144 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5145 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5146 } 5147 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5148 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5149 } 5150 *pExists = (first!=0); 5151 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5152 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5153 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5154 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5155 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5156 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5157 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5158 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5159 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5160 */ 5161 *pExists = 1; 5162 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5163 } 5164 } 5165 } 5166 } 5167 } 5168 5169 return rc; 5170 } 5171 5172 /* 5173 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5174 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5175 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5176 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5177 ** 5178 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5179 ** 5180 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5181 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5182 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5183 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5184 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5185 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5186 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5187 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5188 ** 5189 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5190 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5191 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5192 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5193 ** file. 5194 ** 5195 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5196 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5197 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5198 */ 5199 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5200 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5201 5202 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5203 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5204 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5205 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5206 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5207 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5208 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5209 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5210 5211 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5212 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5213 5214 assert( !MEMDB ); 5215 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5216 5217 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5218 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5219 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5220 goto failed; 5221 } 5222 5223 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5224 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5225 */ 5226 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5227 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5228 } 5229 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5230 goto failed; 5231 } 5232 if( bHotJournal ){ 5233 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5234 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5235 goto failed; 5236 } 5237 5238 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5239 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5240 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5241 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5242 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5243 ** hot-journal back. 5244 ** 5245 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5246 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5247 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5248 ** on the database file. 5249 ** 5250 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5251 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5252 */ 5253 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5254 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5255 goto failed; 5256 } 5257 5258 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5259 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5260 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5261 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5262 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5263 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5264 ** 5265 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5266 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5267 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5268 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5269 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5270 */ 5271 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5272 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5273 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5274 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5275 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5276 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5277 int fout = 0; 5278 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5279 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5280 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5281 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5282 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5283 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5284 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5285 } 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5290 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5291 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5292 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5293 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5294 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5295 ** the journal before playing it back. 5296 */ 5297 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5298 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5299 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5300 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5301 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5302 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5303 } 5304 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5305 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5306 } 5307 5308 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5309 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5310 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5311 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5312 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5313 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5314 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5315 ** 5316 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5317 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5318 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5319 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5320 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5321 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5322 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5323 ** references. 5324 */ 5325 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5326 goto failed; 5327 } 5328 5329 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5330 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5331 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5332 ); 5333 } 5334 5335 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5336 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5337 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5338 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5339 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5340 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5341 ** 5342 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5343 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5344 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5345 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5346 ** a codec is in use. 5347 ** 5348 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5349 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5350 ** it can be neglected. 5351 */ 5352 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5353 5354 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5355 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5356 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5357 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5358 goto failed; 5359 } 5360 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5361 } 5362 5363 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5364 pager_reset(pPager); 5365 5366 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5367 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5368 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5369 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5370 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5371 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5372 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5373 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5374 } 5375 } 5376 } 5377 5378 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5379 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5380 */ 5381 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5382 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5383 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5384 #endif 5385 } 5386 5387 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5388 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5389 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5390 } 5391 5392 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5393 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5394 } 5395 5396 failed: 5397 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5398 assert( !MEMDB ); 5399 pager_unlock(pPager); 5400 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5401 }else{ 5402 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5403 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5404 } 5405 return rc; 5406 } 5407 5408 /* 5409 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5410 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5411 ** 5412 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5413 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5414 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5415 */ 5416 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5417 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5418 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5419 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5420 } 5421 } 5422 5423 /* 5424 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5425 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5426 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5427 ** 5428 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5429 ** on the current state of the pager. 5430 ** 5431 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5432 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5433 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5434 ** 5435 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5436 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5437 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5438 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5439 ** object with no outstanding references. 5440 ** 5441 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5442 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5443 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5444 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5445 ** 5446 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5447 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5448 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5449 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5450 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5451 ** 5452 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5453 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5454 ** 5455 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5456 ** 5457 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5458 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5459 ** from the savepoint journal. 5460 ** 5461 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5462 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5463 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5464 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5465 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5466 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5467 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5468 ** 5469 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5470 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5471 ** 5472 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5473 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5474 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5475 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5476 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5477 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5478 ** or journal files. 5479 */ 5480 static int getPageNormal( 5481 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5482 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5483 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5484 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5485 ){ 5486 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5487 PgHdr *pPg; 5488 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5489 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5490 5491 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5492 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5493 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5494 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5495 5496 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5497 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5498 if( pBase==0 ){ 5499 pPg = 0; 5500 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5501 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5502 if( pBase==0 ){ 5503 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5504 goto pager_acquire_err; 5505 } 5506 } 5507 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5508 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5509 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5510 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5511 5512 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5513 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5514 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5515 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5516 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5517 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5518 return SQLITE_OK; 5519 5520 }else{ 5521 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5522 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5523 ** 5524 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5525 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5526 */ 5527 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5528 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5529 goto pager_acquire_err; 5530 } 5531 5532 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5533 5534 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5535 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5536 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5537 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5538 goto pager_acquire_err; 5539 } 5540 if( noContent ){ 5541 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5542 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5543 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5544 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5545 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5546 */ 5547 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5548 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5549 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5550 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5551 } 5552 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5553 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5554 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5555 } 5556 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5557 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5558 }else{ 5559 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5560 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5561 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5562 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5563 goto pager_acquire_err; 5564 } 5565 } 5566 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5567 } 5568 return SQLITE_OK; 5569 5570 pager_acquire_err: 5571 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5572 if( pPg ){ 5573 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5574 } 5575 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5576 *ppPage = 0; 5577 return rc; 5578 } 5579 5580 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5581 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5582 static int getPageMMap( 5583 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5584 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5585 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5586 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5587 ){ 5588 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5589 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5590 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5591 5592 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5593 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5594 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5595 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5596 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5597 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5598 ); 5599 5600 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5601 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5602 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5603 #endif 5604 5605 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5606 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5607 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5608 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5609 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5610 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5611 } 5612 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5613 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5614 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5615 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5616 5617 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5618 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5619 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5620 *ppPage = 0; 5621 return rc; 5622 } 5623 } 5624 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5625 void *pData = 0; 5626 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5627 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5628 ); 5629 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5630 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5631 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5632 } 5633 if( pPg==0 ){ 5634 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5635 }else{ 5636 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5637 } 5638 if( pPg ){ 5639 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5640 *ppPage = pPg; 5641 return SQLITE_OK; 5642 } 5643 } 5644 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5645 *ppPage = 0; 5646 return rc; 5647 } 5648 } 5649 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5650 } 5651 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5652 5653 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5654 static int getPageError( 5655 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5656 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5657 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5658 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5659 ){ 5660 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5661 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5662 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5663 *ppPage = 0; 5664 return pPager->errCode; 5665 } 5666 5667 5668 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5669 */ 5670 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5671 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5672 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5673 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5674 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5675 ){ 5676 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5677 } 5678 5679 /* 5680 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5681 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5682 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5683 ** 5684 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5685 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5686 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5687 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5688 ** has ever happened. 5689 */ 5690 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5691 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5692 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5693 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5694 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5695 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5696 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5697 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5698 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5699 } 5700 5701 /* 5702 ** Release a page reference. 5703 ** 5704 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5705 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5706 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5707 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5708 ** 5709 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5710 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5711 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5712 */ 5713 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5714 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5715 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5716 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5717 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5718 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5719 }else{ 5720 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5721 } 5722 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5723 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5724 } 5725 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5726 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5727 } 5728 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5729 Pager *pPager; 5730 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5731 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5732 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5733 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5734 sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); 5735 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5736 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5737 } 5738 5739 /* 5740 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5741 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5742 ** file when this routine is called. 5743 ** 5744 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5745 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5746 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5747 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5748 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5749 ** 5750 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5751 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5752 ** already open file. 5753 ** 5754 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5755 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5756 ** 5757 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5758 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5759 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5760 */ 5761 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5762 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5763 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5764 5765 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5766 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5767 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5768 5769 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5770 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5771 ** an error state. */ 5772 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5773 5774 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5775 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5776 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5777 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5778 } 5779 5780 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5781 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5782 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5783 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5784 }else{ 5785 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5786 int nSpill; 5787 5788 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5789 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5790 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5791 }else{ 5792 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5793 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5794 } 5795 5796 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5797 ** it was originally opened. */ 5798 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5799 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5800 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5801 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5802 ); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5806 } 5807 5808 5809 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5810 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5811 */ 5812 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5813 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5814 pPager->nRec = 0; 5815 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5816 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5817 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5818 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 5822 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5823 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5824 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5825 }else{ 5826 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5827 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5828 } 5829 5830 return rc; 5831 } 5832 5833 /* 5834 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5835 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5836 ** 5837 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5838 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5839 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5840 ** functions need be called. 5841 ** 5842 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5843 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5844 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5845 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5846 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5847 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5848 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5849 */ 5850 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5851 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5852 5853 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5854 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5855 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5856 5857 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5858 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5859 5860 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5861 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5862 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5863 */ 5864 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5865 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5866 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5867 return rc; 5868 } 5869 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5870 } 5871 5872 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5873 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5874 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5875 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5876 */ 5877 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5878 }else{ 5879 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5880 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5881 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5882 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5883 */ 5884 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5885 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5886 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5887 } 5888 } 5889 5890 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5891 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5892 ** 5893 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5894 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5895 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5896 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5897 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5898 ** WAL mode. 5899 */ 5900 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5901 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5902 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5903 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5904 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5905 } 5906 5907 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5908 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5909 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5910 } 5911 5912 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5913 return rc; 5914 } 5915 5916 /* 5917 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5918 */ 5919 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5920 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5921 int rc; 5922 u32 cksum; 5923 char *pData2; 5924 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5925 5926 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5927 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5928 ** that we do not. */ 5929 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5930 5931 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5932 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5933 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5934 5935 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5936 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5937 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5938 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5939 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5940 ** then corruption may follow. 5941 */ 5942 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5943 5944 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5945 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5946 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5947 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5948 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5949 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5950 5951 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5952 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5953 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5954 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5955 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5956 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5957 5958 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5959 pPager->nRec++; 5960 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5961 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5962 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5963 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5964 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5965 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5966 return rc; 5967 } 5968 5969 /* 5970 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5971 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5972 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5973 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5974 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5975 */ 5976 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5977 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5978 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5979 5980 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5981 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5982 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5983 */ 5984 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5985 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5986 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5987 ); 5988 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5989 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5990 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5991 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5992 5993 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5994 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5995 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5996 ** 5997 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5998 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5999 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 6000 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 6001 */ 6002 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6003 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 6004 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 6005 } 6006 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 6007 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6008 6009 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 6010 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6011 6012 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 6013 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 6014 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 6015 */ 6016 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 6017 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 6018 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 6019 ){ 6020 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 6021 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6022 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 6023 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6024 return rc; 6025 } 6026 }else{ 6027 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 6028 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6029 } 6030 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 6031 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 6032 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 6033 } 6034 } 6035 6036 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 6037 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 6038 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 6039 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 6040 */ 6041 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6042 6043 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 6044 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 6045 */ 6046 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 6047 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6048 } 6049 6050 /* Update the database size and return. */ 6051 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 6052 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 6053 } 6054 return rc; 6055 } 6056 6057 /* 6058 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 6059 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6060 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6061 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6062 ** a write. 6063 ** 6064 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6065 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6066 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6067 */ 6068 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6069 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6070 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6071 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6072 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6073 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6074 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6075 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6076 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6077 6078 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6079 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6080 ** this function. 6081 */ 6082 assert( !MEMDB ); 6083 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6084 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6085 6086 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6087 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6088 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6089 */ 6090 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6091 6092 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6093 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6094 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6095 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6096 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6097 }else{ 6098 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6099 } 6100 assert(nPage>0); 6101 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6102 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6103 6104 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6105 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6106 PgHdr *pPage; 6107 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6108 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6109 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6110 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6111 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6112 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6113 needSync = 1; 6114 } 6115 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6116 } 6117 } 6118 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6119 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6120 needSync = 1; 6121 } 6122 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6123 } 6124 } 6125 6126 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6127 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6128 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6129 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6130 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6131 */ 6132 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6133 assert( !MEMDB ); 6134 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6135 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6136 if( pPage ){ 6137 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6138 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6139 } 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6144 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6145 return rc; 6146 } 6147 6148 /* 6149 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6150 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6151 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6152 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6153 ** 6154 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6155 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6156 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6157 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6158 ** 6159 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6160 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6161 */ 6162 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6163 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6164 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6165 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6166 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6167 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6168 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6169 return SQLITE_OK; 6170 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6171 return pPager->errCode; 6172 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6173 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6174 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6175 }else{ 6176 return pager_write(pPg); 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 /* 6181 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6182 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6183 ** to change the content of the page. 6184 */ 6185 #ifndef NDEBUG 6186 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6187 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6188 } 6189 #endif 6190 6191 /* 6192 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6193 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6194 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6195 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6196 ** content no longer matters. 6197 ** 6198 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6199 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6200 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6201 ** 6202 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6203 ** DELETE operations. 6204 ** 6205 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6206 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6207 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6208 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6209 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6210 */ 6211 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6212 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6213 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6214 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6215 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6216 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6217 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6218 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6219 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6220 } 6221 } 6222 6223 /* 6224 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6225 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6226 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6227 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6228 ** 6229 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6230 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6231 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6232 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6233 ** 6234 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6235 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6236 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6237 ** transaction is committed. 6238 ** 6239 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6240 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6241 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6242 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6243 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6244 */ 6245 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6246 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6247 6248 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6249 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6250 ); 6251 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6252 6253 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6254 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6255 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6256 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6257 ** 6258 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6259 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6260 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6261 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6262 */ 6263 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6264 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6265 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6266 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6267 #else 6268 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6269 #endif 6270 6271 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6272 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6273 6274 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6275 6276 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6277 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6278 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6279 6280 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6281 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6282 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6283 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6284 */ 6285 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6286 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6287 } 6288 6289 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6290 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6291 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6292 6293 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6294 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6295 const void *zBuf; 6296 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6297 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6298 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6299 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6300 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6301 } 6302 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6303 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6304 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6305 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6306 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6307 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6308 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6309 } 6310 }else{ 6311 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6312 } 6313 } 6314 6315 /* Release the page reference. */ 6316 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6317 } 6318 return rc; 6319 } 6320 6321 /* 6322 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6323 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6324 ** 6325 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6326 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6327 */ 6328 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6329 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6330 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6331 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6332 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6333 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6334 assert( !MEMDB ); 6335 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6336 } 6337 return rc; 6338 } 6339 6340 /* 6341 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6342 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6343 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6344 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6345 ** 6346 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6347 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6348 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6349 ** returned. 6350 */ 6351 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6352 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6353 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6354 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6355 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6356 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6357 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6358 ); 6359 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6360 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6361 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6362 } 6363 } 6364 return rc; 6365 } 6366 6367 /* 6368 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6369 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6370 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6371 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6372 ** 6373 ** This routine ensures that: 6374 ** 6375 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6376 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6377 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6378 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6379 ** * the database file synced. 6380 ** 6381 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6382 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6383 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6384 ** 6385 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6386 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6387 ** 6388 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6389 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6390 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6391 ** journal file in this case. 6392 */ 6393 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6394 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6395 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6396 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6397 ){ 6398 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6399 6400 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6401 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6402 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6403 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6404 ); 6405 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6406 6407 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6408 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6409 6410 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6411 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6412 6413 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6414 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6415 6416 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6417 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6418 6419 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6420 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6421 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6422 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6423 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6424 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6425 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6426 }else{ 6427 PgHdr *pList; 6428 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6429 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6430 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6431 if( pList==0 ){ 6432 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6433 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6434 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6435 pList = pPageOne; 6436 pList->pDirty = 0; 6437 } 6438 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6439 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6440 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6441 } 6442 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6443 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6444 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6445 } 6446 }else{ 6447 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6448 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6449 ** is enabled. 6450 */ 6451 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6452 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6453 int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6454 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6455 && !pPager->noSync 6456 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6457 #else 6458 # define bBatch 0 6459 #endif 6460 6461 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6462 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6463 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6464 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6465 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6466 ** 6467 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6468 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6469 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6470 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6471 ** 6472 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6473 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6474 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6475 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6476 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6477 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6478 ** mode. 6479 ** 6480 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6481 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6482 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6483 ** created for this transaction. 6484 */ 6485 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6486 PgHdr *pPg; 6487 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6488 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6489 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6490 ); 6491 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6492 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6493 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6494 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6495 ){ 6496 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6497 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6498 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6499 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6500 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6501 */ 6502 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6503 }else{ 6504 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6505 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6506 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6507 } 6508 } 6509 } 6510 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6511 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6512 if( zMaster ){ 6513 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6514 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6515 assert( bBatch==0 ); 6516 } 6517 #endif 6518 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6519 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6520 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6521 6522 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6523 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6524 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6525 */ 6526 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6527 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6528 6529 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6530 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6531 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6532 ** 6533 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6534 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6535 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6536 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6537 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6538 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6539 */ 6540 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6541 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6542 6543 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6544 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6545 if( bBatch ){ 6546 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6547 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6548 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6549 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6550 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6551 } 6552 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6553 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6554 } 6555 } 6556 6557 if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ 6558 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6559 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6560 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6561 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6562 } 6563 bBatch = 0; 6564 }else{ 6565 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6566 } 6567 } 6568 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6569 6570 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6571 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6572 } 6573 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6574 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6575 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6576 } 6577 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6578 6579 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6580 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6581 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6582 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6583 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6584 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6585 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6586 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6587 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6588 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6589 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6590 } 6591 6592 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6593 if( !noSync ){ 6594 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6595 } 6596 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6597 } 6598 } 6599 6600 commit_phase_one_exit: 6601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6602 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6603 } 6604 return rc; 6605 } 6606 6607 6608 /* 6609 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6610 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6611 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6612 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6613 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6614 ** 6615 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6616 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6617 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6618 ** irrevocably committed. 6619 ** 6620 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6621 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6622 */ 6623 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6624 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6625 6626 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6627 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6628 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6629 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6630 6631 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6632 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6633 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6634 ); 6635 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6636 6637 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6638 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6639 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6640 ** 6641 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6642 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6643 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6644 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6645 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6646 ** to drop any locks either. 6647 */ 6648 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6649 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6650 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6651 ){ 6652 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6653 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6654 return SQLITE_OK; 6655 } 6656 6657 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6658 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6659 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6660 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6661 } 6662 6663 /* 6664 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6665 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6666 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6667 ** state if an error occurs. 6668 ** 6669 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6670 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6671 ** 6672 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6673 ** 6674 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6675 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6676 ** was opened, and 6677 ** 6678 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6679 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6680 ** 6681 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6682 ** rollback is successful. 6683 ** 6684 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6685 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6686 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6687 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6688 */ 6689 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6690 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6691 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6692 6693 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6694 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6695 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6696 */ 6697 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6698 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6699 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6700 6701 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6702 int rc2; 6703 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6704 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6705 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6706 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6707 int eState = pPager->eState; 6708 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6709 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6710 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6711 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6712 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6713 */ 6714 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6715 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6716 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6717 return rc; 6718 } 6719 }else{ 6720 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6721 } 6722 6723 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6724 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6725 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6726 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6727 ); 6728 6729 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6730 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6731 */ 6732 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6733 } 6734 6735 /* 6736 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6737 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6738 */ 6739 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6740 return pPager->readOnly; 6741 } 6742 6743 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6744 /* 6745 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6746 */ 6747 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6748 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6749 } 6750 #endif 6751 6752 /* 6753 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6754 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6755 */ 6756 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6757 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6758 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6759 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6760 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6761 + pPager->pageSize; 6762 } 6763 6764 /* 6765 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6766 */ 6767 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6768 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6769 } 6770 6771 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6772 /* 6773 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6774 */ 6775 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6776 static int a[11]; 6777 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6778 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6779 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6780 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6781 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6782 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6783 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6784 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6785 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6786 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6787 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6788 return a; 6789 } 6790 #endif 6791 6792 /* 6793 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, 6794 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation 6795 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because 6796 ** it was added later. 6797 ** 6798 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6799 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6800 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6801 ** returning. 6802 */ 6803 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6804 6805 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6806 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6807 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6808 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 6809 ); 6810 6811 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6812 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6813 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 6814 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); 6815 6816 eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; 6817 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; 6818 if( reset ){ 6819 pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; 6820 } 6821 } 6822 6823 /* 6824 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6825 */ 6826 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6827 return pPager->tempFile; 6828 } 6829 6830 /* 6831 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6832 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6833 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6834 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6835 ** 6836 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6837 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6838 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6839 */ 6840 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6841 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6842 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6843 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6844 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6845 6846 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6847 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6848 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6849 6850 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6851 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6852 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6853 */ 6854 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6855 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6856 ); 6857 if( !aNew ){ 6858 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6859 } 6860 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6861 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6862 6863 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6864 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6865 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6866 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6867 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6868 }else{ 6869 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6870 } 6871 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6872 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6873 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6874 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6875 } 6876 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6877 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6878 } 6879 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6880 } 6881 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6882 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6883 return rc; 6884 } 6885 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6886 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6887 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6888 6889 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6890 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6891 }else{ 6892 return SQLITE_OK; 6893 } 6894 } 6895 6896 6897 /* 6898 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6899 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6900 ** created savepoint. 6901 ** 6902 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6903 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6904 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6905 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6906 ** 6907 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6908 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6909 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6910 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6911 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6912 ** 6913 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6914 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6915 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6916 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6917 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6918 ** 6919 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6920 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6921 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6922 ** 6923 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6924 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6925 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6926 */ 6927 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6928 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6929 6930 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6931 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6932 #endif 6933 6934 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6935 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6936 6937 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6938 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6939 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6940 6941 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6942 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6943 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6944 */ 6945 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6946 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6947 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6948 } 6949 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6950 6951 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6952 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6953 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6954 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6955 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6956 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6957 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6958 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6959 } 6960 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6961 } 6962 } 6963 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6964 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6965 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6966 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6967 */ 6968 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6969 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6970 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6971 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6972 } 6973 6974 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6975 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6976 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6977 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6978 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6979 else if( 6980 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6981 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6982 ){ 6983 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6984 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6985 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6986 } 6987 #endif 6988 } 6989 6990 return rc; 6991 } 6992 6993 /* 6994 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6995 ** 6996 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6997 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6998 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6999 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 7000 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 7001 ** participate in shared-cache. 7002 */ 7003 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 7004 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 7005 } 7006 7007 /* 7008 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 7009 */ 7010 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 7011 return pPager->pVfs; 7012 } 7013 7014 /* 7015 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 7016 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 7017 ** not yet been opened. 7018 */ 7019 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 7020 return pPager->fd; 7021 } 7022 7023 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT 7024 /* 7025 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager. 7026 */ 7027 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){ 7028 int x = 0; 7029 sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x); 7030 } 7031 #endif 7032 7033 /* 7034 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 7035 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 7036 */ 7037 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 7038 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7039 return pPager->jfd; 7040 #else 7041 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 7042 #endif 7043 } 7044 7045 /* 7046 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 7047 */ 7048 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 7049 return pPager->zJournal; 7050 } 7051 7052 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 7053 /* 7054 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 7055 */ 7056 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 7057 Pager *pPager, 7058 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 7059 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 7060 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 7061 void *pCodec 7062 ){ 7063 if( pPager->xCodecFree ){ 7064 pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 7065 }else{ 7066 pager_reset(pPager); 7067 } 7068 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 7069 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 7070 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 7071 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 7072 setGetterMethod(pPager); 7073 pagerReportSize(pPager); 7074 } 7075 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 7076 return pPager->pCodec; 7077 } 7078 7079 /* 7080 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 7081 ** into the log file. 7082 ** 7083 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 7084 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 7085 */ 7086 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 7087 void *aData = 0; 7088 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 7089 return aData; 7090 } 7091 7092 /* 7093 ** Return the current pager state 7094 */ 7095 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 7096 return pPager->eState; 7097 } 7098 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 7099 7100 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7101 /* 7102 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7103 ** 7104 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7105 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7106 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7107 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7108 ** 7109 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7110 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7111 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7112 ** 7113 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7114 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7115 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7116 ** transaction is active). 7117 ** 7118 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7119 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7120 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7121 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7122 ** 7123 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7124 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7125 */ 7126 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7127 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7128 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7129 int rc; /* Return code */ 7130 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7131 7132 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7133 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7134 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7135 ); 7136 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7137 7138 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7139 ** the page we are moving from. 7140 */ 7141 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7142 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7143 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7144 if( rc ) return rc; 7145 } 7146 7147 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7148 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7149 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7150 ** 7151 ** BEGIN; 7152 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7153 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7154 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7155 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7156 ** 7157 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7158 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7159 ** statement were is processed. 7160 ** 7161 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7162 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7163 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7164 */ 7165 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7166 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7167 ){ 7168 return rc; 7169 } 7170 7171 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7172 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7173 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7174 7175 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7176 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7177 ** 7178 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7179 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7180 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7181 */ 7182 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7183 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7184 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7185 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7186 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7187 } 7188 7189 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7190 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7191 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7192 ** for the page moved there. 7193 */ 7194 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7195 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7196 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); 7197 if( pPgOld ){ 7198 if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){ 7199 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7200 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 7201 } 7202 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7203 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7204 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7205 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7206 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7207 }else{ 7208 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7209 } 7210 } 7211 7212 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7213 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7214 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7215 7216 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7217 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7218 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7219 */ 7220 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7221 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7222 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7223 } 7224 7225 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7226 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7227 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7228 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7229 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7230 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7231 ** flag. 7232 ** 7233 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7234 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7235 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7236 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7237 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7238 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7239 */ 7240 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7241 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7242 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7243 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7244 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7245 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7246 } 7247 return rc; 7248 } 7249 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7250 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7251 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7252 } 7253 7254 return SQLITE_OK; 7255 } 7256 #endif 7257 7258 /* 7259 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7260 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7261 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7262 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7263 */ 7264 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7265 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7266 pPg->flags = flags; 7267 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7268 } 7269 7270 /* 7271 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7272 */ 7273 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7274 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7275 return pPg->pData; 7276 } 7277 7278 /* 7279 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7280 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7281 */ 7282 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7283 return pPg->pExtra; 7284 } 7285 7286 /* 7287 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7288 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7289 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7290 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7291 ** 7292 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7293 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7294 ** locking-mode. 7295 */ 7296 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7297 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7298 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7299 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7300 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7301 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7302 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7303 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7304 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7305 } 7306 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7307 } 7308 7309 /* 7310 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7311 ** 7312 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7313 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7314 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7315 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7316 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7317 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7318 ** 7319 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7320 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7321 ** 7322 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7323 ** or _MEMORY. 7324 ** 7325 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7326 ** 7327 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7328 */ 7329 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7330 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7331 7332 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7333 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7334 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7335 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7336 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7337 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7338 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7339 7340 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7341 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7342 ** to WAL mode. 7343 */ 7344 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7345 7346 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7347 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7348 */ 7349 if( MEMDB ){ 7350 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7351 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7352 eMode = eOld; 7353 } 7354 } 7355 7356 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7357 7358 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7359 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7360 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7361 7362 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7363 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7364 ** delete the journal file. 7365 */ 7366 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7367 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7368 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7369 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7370 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7371 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7372 7373 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7374 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7375 7376 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7377 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7378 ** here is an optimization only. 7379 ** 7380 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7381 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7382 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7383 */ 7384 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7385 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7386 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7387 }else{ 7388 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7389 int state = pPager->eState; 7390 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7391 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7392 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7393 } 7394 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7395 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7396 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7397 } 7398 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7399 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7400 } 7401 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7402 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7403 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7404 pager_unlock(pPager); 7405 } 7406 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7407 } 7408 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7409 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7410 } 7411 } 7412 7413 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7414 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7415 } 7416 7417 /* 7418 ** Return the current journal mode. 7419 */ 7420 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7421 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7422 } 7423 7424 /* 7425 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7426 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7427 ** is unmodified. 7428 */ 7429 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7430 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7431 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7432 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7433 return 1; 7434 } 7435 7436 /* 7437 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7438 ** 7439 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7440 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7441 */ 7442 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7443 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7444 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7445 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7446 } 7447 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7448 } 7449 7450 /* 7451 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7452 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7453 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7454 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7455 */ 7456 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7457 return &pPager->pBackup; 7458 } 7459 7460 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7461 /* 7462 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7463 */ 7464 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7465 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7466 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7467 } 7468 #endif 7469 7470 7471 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7472 /* 7473 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7474 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7475 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7476 ** 7477 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7478 */ 7479 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7480 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7481 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7482 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7483 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7484 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7485 ){ 7486 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7487 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7488 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7489 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7490 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7491 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7492 pnLog, pnCkpt 7493 ); 7494 sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); 7495 } 7496 return rc; 7497 } 7498 7499 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7500 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7501 } 7502 7503 /* 7504 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7505 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7506 */ 7507 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7508 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7509 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7510 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7511 } 7512 7513 /* 7514 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7515 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7516 */ 7517 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7518 int rc; /* Return code */ 7519 7520 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7521 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7522 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7523 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7524 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7525 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7526 } 7527 7528 return rc; 7529 } 7530 7531 /* 7532 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7533 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7534 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7535 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7536 */ 7537 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7538 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7539 7540 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7541 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7542 7543 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7544 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7545 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7546 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7547 */ 7548 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7549 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7550 } 7551 7552 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7553 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7554 */ 7555 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7556 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7557 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7558 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7559 ); 7560 } 7561 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7562 7563 return rc; 7564 } 7565 7566 7567 /* 7568 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7569 ** this function. 7570 ** 7571 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7572 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7573 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7574 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7575 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7576 ** not modified in either case. 7577 ** 7578 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7579 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7580 ** without doing anything. 7581 */ 7582 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7583 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7584 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7585 ){ 7586 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7587 7588 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7589 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7590 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7591 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7592 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7593 7594 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7595 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7596 7597 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7598 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7599 7600 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7602 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7603 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7604 } 7605 }else{ 7606 *pbOpen = 1; 7607 } 7608 7609 return rc; 7610 } 7611 7612 /* 7613 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7614 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7615 ** 7616 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7617 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7618 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7619 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7620 */ 7621 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7622 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7623 7624 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7625 7626 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7627 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7628 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7629 */ 7630 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7631 int logexists = 0; 7632 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7633 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7634 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7635 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7636 ); 7637 } 7638 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7639 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7640 } 7641 } 7642 7643 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7644 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7645 */ 7646 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7647 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7648 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7649 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7650 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7651 pPager->pWal = 0; 7652 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7653 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7654 } 7655 } 7656 return rc; 7657 } 7658 7659 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7660 /* 7661 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7662 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7663 */ 7664 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7665 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7666 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7667 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7668 } 7669 return rc; 7670 } 7671 7672 /* 7673 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7674 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7675 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7676 */ 7677 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7678 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7679 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7680 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7681 }else{ 7682 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7683 } 7684 return rc; 7685 } 7686 7687 /* 7688 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7689 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7690 */ 7691 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7692 int rc; 7693 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7694 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7695 }else{ 7696 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7697 } 7698 return rc; 7699 } 7700 7701 /* 7702 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. 7703 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, 7704 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then 7705 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still 7706 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. 7707 ** 7708 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if 7709 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error 7710 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER 7711 ** lock is released before returning. 7712 */ 7713 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7714 int rc; 7715 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7716 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7717 }else{ 7718 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7719 } 7720 return rc; 7721 } 7722 7723 /* 7724 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to 7725 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). 7726 */ 7727 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ 7728 assert( pPager->pWal ); 7729 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); 7730 } 7731 7732 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7733 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7734 7735 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7736 /* 7737 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7738 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7739 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7740 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7741 ** is empty, return 0. 7742 */ 7743 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7744 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7745 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7746 } 7747 #endif 7748 7749 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7750